blob: 949c4ae66413d18f9e3a0b799e08f59cdff8e87e [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +000091SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
92 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
93 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
94}
95
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000096//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
97// Standard Promotions and Conversions
98//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
99
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000100/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
101void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
102 QualType Ty = E->getType();
103 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
104
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
106 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000107 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
108 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
109 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
110 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
111 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
112 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
113 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000114 //
115 // C++ 4.2p1:
116 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
117 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
118 //
119 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
120 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000121 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
122 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000123}
124
125/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
126/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
127/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
128/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
129/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
130Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
131 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
132 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
133
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000134 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
135 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
136 else
137 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
138
139 return Expr;
140}
141
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000142/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
143/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
144/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
145void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
146 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
147 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
148
149 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
150 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
151 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
152 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
153
154 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
155}
156
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000157/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
158/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
159/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
160/// completely illegal.
161bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000162 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
163
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000164 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
165 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
166 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
167 << Expr->getType() << CT;
168 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000169 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000170
171 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
172 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
173 << Expr->getType() << CT;
174
175 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000176}
177
178
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
180/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
181/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
182/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
183/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
184/// GCC.
185QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
186 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000187 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000188 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000189
190 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000191
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
193 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000194 QualType lhs =
195 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
196 QualType rhs =
197 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000198
199 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
200 if (lhs == rhs)
201 return lhs;
202
203 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
204 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
205 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
206 return lhs;
207
208 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000209 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000210 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000211 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000212 return destType;
213}
214
215QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
216 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
217 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
218 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
219 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
220 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000221 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
222 lhs = Context.IntTy;
223 else
224 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
225 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
226 rhs = Context.IntTy;
227 else
228 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000229
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000230 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
231 if (lhs == rhs)
232 return lhs;
233
234 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
235 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
236 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
237 return lhs;
238
239 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
240
241 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
242 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
243 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
244 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
245 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000246 return lhs;
247 }
248 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
249 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000250 return rhs;
251 }
252 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
253 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
254 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
255 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
256 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
257 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
258 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
259 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
260 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
261 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
262 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
263
264 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
265 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000266 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
267 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000268 }
269 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
270 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
271 // does not require this promotion.
272 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
273 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274 return rhs;
275 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 return lhs;
277 }
278 }
279 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
280 }
281 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
282 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
283 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000284 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000286 return lhs;
287 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000288 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
289 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
290 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
291 }
292 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000293 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294 return rhs;
295 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000296 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
297 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
298 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
299 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000300 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
301 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
302 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000303 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000305 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
306 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000307 }
308 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
309 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
310 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
311 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
312
313 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
314 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000315 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
316 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000317 return rhs;
318 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
319 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320 return lhs;
321 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
322 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000323 return rhs;
324 }
325 }
326 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
327 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
328 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
329 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
330 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
331 QualType destType;
332 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
333 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
334 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
335 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
336 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
337 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
338 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
339 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
340 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
341 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
342 // use the signed type.
343 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
344 } else {
345 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
346 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
347 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
348 // to the signed type.
349 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
350 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000351 return destType;
352}
353
354//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
355// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
356//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
357
358
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000359/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000360/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
361/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
362/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
363/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000364///
365Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000366Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000367 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
368
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000369 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000370 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000371 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000372
373 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
374 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
375 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000377 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000378 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000379 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000380
381 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
383 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000384
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000385 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
386 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
387 // strings.
388 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000389 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000390 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000391
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000392 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000393 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
394 Literal.GetStringLength(),
395 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
396 &StringTokLocs[0],
397 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000398}
399
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
401/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
402/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
403/// for values inside the block or for globals).
404///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000405/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
406/// up-to-date.
407///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000408static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
409 ValueDecl *VD) {
410 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
411 // we wanted to.
412 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
413 return false;
414
415 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
416 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
417 return false;
418
419 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
420 // snapshot it.
421 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
422 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000423 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
424 return false;
425
426 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
427 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
428
429 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
430 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
431 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
432 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
433 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
434 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
435 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
436 // having a reference outside it.
437 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
438 break;
439
440 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
441 // a snapshot as well.
442 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
443 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000444
445 return true;
446}
447
448
449
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000450/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000451/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000452/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000453/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000454/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000455Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
456 IdentifierInfo &II,
457 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000458 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
459 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
460 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000461 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000462}
463
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000464/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
465/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
466/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000467DeclRefExpr *
468Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
469 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
470 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000471 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000472 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
473 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000474 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000475 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000476 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000477}
478
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000479/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
480/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
481/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000482static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
483 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
485 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
486
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000487 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000488 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
489 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
490 // this even better.
491 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000492 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
493 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000494 D != DEnd; ++D) {
495 if (*D == Record) {
496 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
497 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
498 ++D;
499 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000500 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000501 return *D;
502 }
503 }
504
505 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
506 return 0;
507}
508
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000509/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
510/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
511/// actual member.
512///
513/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
514/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
515/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
516/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
517/// we found.
518///
519/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
520/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
521/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
522VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
523 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000524 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
525 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
526 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
527
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000528 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000529 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
530 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
531 do {
532 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000533 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000535 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 else {
537 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
538 break;
539 }
540 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
541 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
542 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000543
544 return BaseObject;
545}
546
547Sema::OwningExprResult
548Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
549 FieldDecl *Field,
550 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
551 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
552 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
553 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
554 AnonFields);
555
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000556 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
557 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
558 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
559 // found via name lookup.
560 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
561 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
562 if (BaseObject) {
563 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
564 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000565 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000566 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000567 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000568 ExtraQuals
569 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
570 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
571 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
572 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
573 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
574 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
575 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
576 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
577 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
578 }
579 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
586 QualType AnonFieldType
587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000596 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
597 }
598 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000599 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
600 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000601 }
602 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
603 }
604
605 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000606 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
607 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000608 }
609
610 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
611 // anonymous struct/union.
612 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
613 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
614 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
615 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
616 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
617 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
618 unsigned combinedQualifiers
619 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
620 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
621 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000622 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
623 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000624 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
625 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000626 }
627
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000628 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000629}
630
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000631/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
632/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
633/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
634/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
635/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
636/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
637/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
638/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
639/// forms.
640///
641/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
642/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
643/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
644/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000645///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000646/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
647/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
648/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
649/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000650Sema::OwningExprResult
651Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
652 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000653 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000654 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000655 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000656 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
657 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000658
659 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
660 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
661 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
662 // names a dependent type.
663 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000664 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
665 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000666 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000667 }
668
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000669 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
670 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000671
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000672 NamedDecl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000673 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
674 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
675 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
676 : SourceRange());
677 return ExprError();
678 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000679 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000680
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000681 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
682 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000683 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
684 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000685 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
686 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000687 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
688 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
689 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000690 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000691 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000692 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000693 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
694 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000695 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000696 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
697 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000698 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
699 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
700 // an error.
701 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
702 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
703 << IV->getDeclName());
704 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
705 // same name exists, use the global.
706 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000707 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
708 ClassDeclared != IFace)
709 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000710 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
711 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
712 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
713 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000714 return Owned(new (Context)
715 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
716 static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
717 true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000718 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000719 }
720 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000721 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
722 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
723 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000724 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000725 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
726 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000727 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
728 IFace == ClassDeclared)
729 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden)<<IV->getDeclName();
730 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000731 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000732 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000733 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000734 QualType T;
735
736 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
737 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
738 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
739 else
740 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000741 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000742 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000743 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000744
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000745 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
746 // argument-dependent lookup.
747 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
748 HasTrailingLParen;
749
750 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000751 // We've seen something of the form
752 //
753 // identifier(
754 //
755 // and we did not find any entity by the name
756 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
757 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
758 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
759 Context.OverloadTy,
760 Loc));
761 }
762
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000763 if (D == 0) {
764 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
765 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000766 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000767 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000768 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000769 else {
770 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
771 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000772 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000773 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
774 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000775 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
776 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000777 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
778 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000779 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000780 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000781 }
782 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000783
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000784 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
785 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
786 // not any specific instance's member.
787 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000788 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000789 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000790 QualType DType;
791 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
792 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
793 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
794 DType = Method->getType();
795 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
796 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
797 }
798 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
799 if (!DType.isNull()) {
800 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
801 // dependent.
802 bool Dependent = false;
803 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
804 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
805 if (DC->isRecord()) {
806 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
807 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
808 Dependent = true;
809 break;
810 }
811 }
812 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000813 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000814 }
815 }
816 }
817
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000818 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
819 // (C++ [class.union]).
820 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
821 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
822 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000823
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000824 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
825 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
826 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
827 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
828 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
829 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
830 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
831 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
832 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
833 QualType MemberType;
834 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
835 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
836 MemberType = FD->getType();
837
838 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
839 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
840 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
841 unsigned combinedQualifiers
842 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
843 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
844 }
845 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
846 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
847 Ctx = Method->getParent();
848 MemberType = Method->getType();
849 }
850 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
851 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
852 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
853 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
854 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
855 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
856 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
857 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
858 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
859 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
860 break;
861 }
862 }
863 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000864
865 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000866 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
867 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
868 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
869 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
870 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
871 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000872 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000873 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000874 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000875 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000876 }
877 }
878 }
879 }
880
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000881 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000882 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
883 if (MD->isStatic())
884 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000885 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
886 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000887 }
888
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000889 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
890 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
891 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000892 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
893 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000894 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000895
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000896 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000897 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000898 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000899 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000900 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000901 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000902
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000903 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000904 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000905 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
906 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000907 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
908 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
909 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000910 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000911
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000912 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
913 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
914 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
915 // that overload resolution actually selects.
916 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
917 return ExprError();
918
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000919 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000920 // Warn about constructs like:
921 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
922 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000923 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
924 Scope *CheckS = S;
925 while (CheckS) {
926 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000927 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000928 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000929 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
930 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000931 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000932 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
933 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000934 break;
935 }
936
937 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
938 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
939 if (CheckS)
940 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
941 }
942 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000943 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
944 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
945 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
946 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
947 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
948 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
949 // type.
950 QualType T = Func->getType();
951 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000952 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
953 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000954 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
955 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000956 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000957
958 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
959 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000960 return ExprError();
961
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000962 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
963 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
964 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
965 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000966 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000967 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
968 // as they do not get snapshotted.
969 //
970 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000971 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000972 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
973 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000974 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000975
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000976 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000977 ExprTy.addConst();
978 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000979 }
980 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
981 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000982
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000983 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000984 bool ValueDependent = false;
985 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
986 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
987 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
988 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
989 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
990 TypeDependent = true;
991 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
992 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
993 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
994 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
995 TypeDependent = true;
996 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
997 // names a dependent type.
998 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000999 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001000 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1001 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001002 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001003 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1004 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1005 TypeDependent = true;
1006 break;
1007 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001008 }
1009 }
1010 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001011
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001012 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1013 //
1014 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1015 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1016 if (TypeDependent)
1017 ValueDependent = true;
1018 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1019 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1020 ValueDependent = true;
1021 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1022 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1023 // (FIXME!).
1024 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001025
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001026 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1027 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001028}
1029
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001030Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1031 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001032 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001033
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001034 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001035 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001036 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1037 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1038 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001039 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001040
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001041 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1042 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001043 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001044 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1045 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001046 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1047 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1048 else {
1049 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1050 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1051 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1052 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001053
1054
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001055 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001056 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001057 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001058 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001059}
1060
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001061Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001062 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1063 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1064 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1065 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001066
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001067 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1068 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1069 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001070 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001071
1072 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1073
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001074 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1075 Literal.isWide(),
1076 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001077}
1078
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001079Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1080 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001081 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1082 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001083 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001084 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001085 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001086 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001087 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001088
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001089 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001090 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1091 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001092 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001093
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001094 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1095 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001096
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001097 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1098 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1099 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001100 return ExprError();
1101
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001102 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001103
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001104 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001105 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001106 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001107 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001108 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001109 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001110 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001111 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001112
1113 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1114
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001115 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1116 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001117 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1118 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001119
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001120 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001121 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001122 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001123 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001124
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001125 // long long is a C99 feature.
1126 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001127 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001128 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1129
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001130 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001131 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001132
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001133 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1134 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1135 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001136 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1137 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001138 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001139 } else {
1140 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1141 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001142
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001143 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1144 // be an unsigned int.
1145 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1146
1147 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001148 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001149 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1150 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001151 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001152
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001153 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1154 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1155 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1156 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001157 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001158 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001159 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001160 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001161 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001162 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001163
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001164 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001165 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001166 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001167
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001168 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1169 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1170 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1171 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001172 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001173 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001174 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001175 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001176 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001177 }
1178
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001179 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001180 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001181 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001182
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001183 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1184 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1185 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1186 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001187 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001188 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001189 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001190 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001191 }
1192 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001193
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001194 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1195 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001196 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001197 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001198 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001199 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001200 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001201
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001202 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1203 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001204 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001205 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001206 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001207
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001208 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1209 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001210 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1211 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001212
1213 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001214}
1215
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001216Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1217 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1218 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001219 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001220 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001221}
1222
1223/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1224/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001225bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001226 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1227 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1228 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001229 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1230 return false;
1231
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001232 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001233 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001234 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001235 if (isSizeof)
1236 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1237 return false;
1238 }
1239
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001240 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001241 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001242 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1243 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001244 return false;
1245 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001246
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001247 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1248 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1249 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1250 ExprRange))
1251 return true;
1252
1253 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001254 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001255 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
1256 << exprType << isSizeof;
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001257 return false;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001258 }
1259
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001260 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001261}
1262
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001263bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1264 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1265 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001266
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001267 // alignof decl is always ok.
1268 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1269 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001270
1271 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1272 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1273 return false;
1274
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001275 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1276 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1277 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001278 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001279 return true;
1280 }
1281 // Other fields are ok.
1282 return false;
1283 }
1284 }
1285 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1286}
1287
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001288/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1289Action::OwningExprResult
1290Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1291 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1292 if (T.isNull())
1293 return ExprError();
1294
1295 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1296 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1297 return ExprError();
1298
1299 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1300 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1301 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1302 R.getEnd()));
1303}
1304
1305/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1306/// operand.
1307Action::OwningExprResult
1308Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1309 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1310 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1311 bool isInvalid = false;
1312 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1313 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1314 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1315 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
1316 } else if (E->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1317 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1318 isInvalid = true;
1319 } else {
1320 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1321 }
1322
1323 if (isInvalid)
1324 return ExprError();
1325
1326 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1327 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1328 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1329 R.getEnd()));
1330}
1331
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001332/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1333/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1334/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001335Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001336Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1337 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001338 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001339 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001340
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001341 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001342 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1343 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1344 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001345
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001346 // Get the end location.
1347 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1348 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1349 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1350
1351 if (Result.isInvalid())
1352 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1353
1354 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001355}
1356
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001357QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001358 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1359 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001360
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001361 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001362 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1363 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001364
1365 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1366 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1367 return V->getType();
1368
1369 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001370 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1371 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001372 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001373}
1374
1375
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001376
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001377Action::OwningExprResult
1378Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1379 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1380 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001381
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001382 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1383 switch (Kind) {
1384 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1385 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1386 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1387 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001388
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001389 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1390 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1391 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001392 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001393 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1394
1395 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1396 //
1397 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1398 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1399 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1400 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1401 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1402 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1403 // argument will have value zero.
1404 Expr *Args[2] = {
1405 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001406 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1407 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001408 };
1409
1410 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1411 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001412 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001413
1414 // Perform overload resolution.
1415 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1416 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1417 case OR_Success: {
1418 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1419 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1420
1421 if (FnDecl) {
1422 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1423 // operator.
1424
1425 // Convert the arguments.
1426 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1427 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001428 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001429 } else {
1430 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001431 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001432 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1433 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001434 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001435 }
1436
1437 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001438 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001439 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1440 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001441
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001442 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001443 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001444 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001445 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1446
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001447 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001448 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1449 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1450 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001451 } else {
1452 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1453 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1454 // operator node.
1455 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1456 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001457 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001458
1459 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001460 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001461 }
1462
1463 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1464 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1465 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1466 break;
1467
1468 case OR_Ambiguous:
1469 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1470 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1471 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1472 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001473 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001474
1475 case OR_Deleted:
1476 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1477 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1478 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1479 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1480 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1481 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001482 }
1483
1484 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1485 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1486 // build a built-in operation.
1487 }
1488
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001489 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1490 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001491 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001492 return ExprError();
1493 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001494 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001495}
1496
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001497Action::OwningExprResult
1498Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1499 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1500 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1501 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001502
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001503 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001504 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001505 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1506 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1507 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001508 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1509 // to the candidate set.
1510 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1511 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001512 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1513 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001514
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001515 // Perform overload resolution.
1516 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1517 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1518 case OR_Success: {
1519 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1520 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1521
1522 if (FnDecl) {
1523 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1524 // operator.
1525
1526 // Convert the arguments.
1527 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1528 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1529 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1530 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1531 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001532 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001533 } else {
1534 // Convert the arguments.
1535 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1536 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1537 "passing") ||
1538 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1539 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1540 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001541 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001542 }
1543
1544 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001545 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001546 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1547 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001548
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001549 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001550 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1551 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001552 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1553
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001554 Base.release();
1555 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001556 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1557 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001558 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001559 } else {
1560 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1561 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1562 // operator node.
1563 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1564 "passing") ||
1565 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1566 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001567 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001568
1569 break;
1570 }
1571 }
1572
1573 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1574 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1575 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1576 break;
1577
1578 case OR_Ambiguous:
1579 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1580 << "[]"
1581 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1582 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001583 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001584
1585 case OR_Deleted:
1586 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1587 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1588 << "[]"
1589 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1590 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1591 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001592 }
1593
1594 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1595 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1596 // build a built-in operation.
1597 }
1598
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001599 // Perform default conversions.
1600 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1601 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001602
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001603 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1604
1605 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001606 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001607 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001608 // and index from the expression types.
1609 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1610 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001611 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1612 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1613 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1614 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1615 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001616 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1617 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1618 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1619 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001620 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001621 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1622 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1623 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1624 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1625 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001626 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1627 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001628 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001629
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001630 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1631 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
1632 } else {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001633 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1634 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1635 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001636 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001637 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001638 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1639 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001640
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001641 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1642 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1643 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1644 // incomplete types are not object types.
1645 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1646 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1647 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1648 return ExprError();
1649 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001650
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001651 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001652 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001653 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1654 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001655
1656 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1657 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1658 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1659 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1660 return ExprError();
1661 }
1662
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001663 Base.release();
1664 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001665 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001666 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001667}
1668
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001669QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001670CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001671 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001672 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001673
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001674 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1675 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001676
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001677 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001678 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1679 // to be selected.
1680 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001681
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001682 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1683 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1684 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001685
1686 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1687 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001688 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001689 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1690 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001691 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001692 do
1693 compStr++;
1694 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001695 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001696 do
1697 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001698 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001699 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001700
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001701 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001702 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1703 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001704 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1705 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001706 return QualType();
1707 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001708
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001709 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1710 // operates on.
1711 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1712 compStr = CompName.getName();
1713
1714 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001715 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001716
1717 while (*compStr) {
1718 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1719 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1720 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1721 return QualType();
1722 }
1723 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001724 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001725
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001726 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1727 // number of elements.
1728 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001729 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001730 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001731 return QualType();
1732 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001733
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001734 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001735 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001736 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001737 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001738 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001739 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1740 : CompName.getLength();
1741 if (HexSwizzle)
1742 CompSize--;
1743
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001744 if (CompSize == 1)
1745 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001746
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001747 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001748 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001749 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1750 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1751 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1752 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001753 }
1754 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001755}
1756
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001757static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1758 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001759 const Selector &Sel,
1760 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001761
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001762 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001763 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001764 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001765 return OMD;
1766
1767 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1768 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001769 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1770 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001771 return D;
1772 }
1773 return 0;
1774}
1775
1776static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1777 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001778 const Selector &Sel,
1779 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001780 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1781 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1782 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1783 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001784 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001785 GDecl = PD;
1786 break;
1787 }
1788 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001789 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001790 GDecl = OMD;
1791 break;
1792 }
1793 }
1794 if (!GDecl) {
1795 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1796 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1797 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001798 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001799 if (GDecl)
1800 return GDecl;
1801 }
1802 }
1803 return GDecl;
1804}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001805
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001806/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1807/// all base class implementations.
1808///
1809ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1810 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1811 const Selector &Sel) {
1812 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregorafd5eb32009-04-24 00:11:27 +00001813 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
1814 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00001815 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001816
1817 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1818 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1819 return Method;
1820}
1821
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001822Action::OwningExprResult
1823Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1824 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001825 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001826 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001827 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001828 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001829
1830 // Perform default conversions.
1831 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001832
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001833 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1834 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001835
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001836 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1837 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001838 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001839 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001840 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001841 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001842 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1843 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001844 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001845 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1846 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1847 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001848 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001849
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001850 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1851 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001852 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001853 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001854 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001855 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1856 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1857 return ExprError();
1858
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001859 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001860 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1861 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001862 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001863 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001864 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001865
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001866 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001867 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1868 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001869 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001870 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1871 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1872 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001873 }
1874
1875 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001876
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001877 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1878 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1879 // error cases.
1880 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1881 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001882
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001883 // Check the use of this field
1884 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1885 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001886
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001887 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001888 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1889 // (C++ [class.union]).
1890 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001891 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001892 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001893
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001894 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1895 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001896 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001897 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1898 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1899 else {
1900 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1901 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001902 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001903 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1904 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1905 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001906
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001907 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1908 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001909 }
1910
1911 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001912 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001913 Var, MemberLoc,
1914 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
1915 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001916 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001917 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
1918 MemberFn->getType()));
1919 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1920 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001921 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001922 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
1923 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001924 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1925 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001926 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001927 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1928 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001929
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001930 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1931 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1932 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001933 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1934 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1935 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001936 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001937
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001938 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1939 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001940 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001941 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001942 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
1943 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001944 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001945 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1946 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1947 // error cases.
1948 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1949 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001950
1951 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1952 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1953 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00001954 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
1955 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001956 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1957 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1958 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001959 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
1960 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
1961 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
1962 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
1963 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
1964 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
1965 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001966 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001967 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
1968 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
1969 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
1970 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
1971 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
1972 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00001973 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001974
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001975 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001976 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001977 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001978 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1979 }
1980 // @protected
1981 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
1982 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1983 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001984
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00001985 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001986 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00001987 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001988 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001989 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1990 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1991 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001992 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001993
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001994 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1995 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1996 const PointerType *PTy;
1997 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1998 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1999 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2000 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002001
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002002 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002003 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2004 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002005 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2006 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2007 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002008
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002009 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002010 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2011 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002012
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002013 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002014 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2015 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002016 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2017 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002018 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2019 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2020 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002021
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002022 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002023 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2024 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002025
2026 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2027 // selector is implemented.
2028
2029 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2030 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2031
2032 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002033 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002034
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002035 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2036 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002037 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002038
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002039 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2040 if (!Getter) {
2041 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2042 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002043 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002044 }
2045 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002046 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002047 // Check if we can reference this property.
2048 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2049 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002050 }
2051 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2052 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2053 Selector SetterSel =
2054 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2055 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002056 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002057 if (!Setter) {
2058 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2059 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002060 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002061 }
2062 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2063 if (!Setter) {
2064 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2065 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002066 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002067 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002068 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002069
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002070 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2071 return ExprError();
2072
2073 if (Getter || Setter) {
2074 QualType PType;
2075
2076 if (Getter)
2077 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2078 else {
2079 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2080 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2081 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2082 }
2083 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2084 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2085 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2086 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002087 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2088 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002089 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002090 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2091 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2092 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2093 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002094 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002095 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002096 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002097 // Check the use of this declaration
2098 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2099 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002100
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002101 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002102 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2103 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002104 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002105 // Check the use of this method.
2106 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2107 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002108
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002109 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002110 OMD->getResultType(),
2111 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2112 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002113 }
2114 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002115
2116 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2117 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002118 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002119 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2120 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2121 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2122 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2123 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002124 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2125 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002126 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002127 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002128 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002129 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002130 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002131 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002132 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2133 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2134 Selector SetterSel =
2135 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2136 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002137 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002138 if (!Setter) {
2139 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2140 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002141 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002142 }
2143 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2144 if (!Setter) {
2145 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2146 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002147 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002148 }
2149 }
2150
2151 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2152 return ExprError();
2153
2154 if (Getter || Setter) {
2155 QualType PType;
2156
2157 if (Getter)
2158 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2159 else {
2160 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2161 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2162 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2163 }
2164 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2165 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2166 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2167 }
2168 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2169 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002170 }
2171 }
2172
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002173 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002174 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002175 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2176 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002177 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002178 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002179 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002180 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002181
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002182 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2183 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2184
2185 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2186 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2187 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2188 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2189 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2190 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2191 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2192 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2193 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2194 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2195 }
2196
2197 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002198}
2199
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002200/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2201/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2202/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2203/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2204/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2205/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002206bool
2207Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002208 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002209 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002210 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2211 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002212 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002213 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2214 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2215 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002216 bool Invalid = false;
2217
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002218 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2219 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2220 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2221 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2222 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2223 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2224 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2225 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002226 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002227 }
2228
2229 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2230 // them.
2231 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2232 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2233 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2234 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2235 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2236 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2237 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2238 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002239 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002240 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002241 }
2242 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2243 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002244
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002245 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2246 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2247 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002248
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002249 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002250 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002251 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002252
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002253 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2254 ProtoArgType,
2255 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2256 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2257 return true;
2258
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002259 // Pass the argument.
2260 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2261 return true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002262 } else
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002263 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002264 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002265 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002266
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002267 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2268 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002269
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002270 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2271 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002272 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2273 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2274 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2275 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2276 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2277
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002278 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2279 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2280 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002281 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002282 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2283 }
2284 }
2285
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002286 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002287}
2288
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002289/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002290/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2291/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002292Action::OwningExprResult
2293Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2294 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002295 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002296 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
2297 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
2298 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002299 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002300 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002301 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002302
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002303 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002304 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002305 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002306 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2307 bool Dependent = false;
2308 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2309 Dependent = true;
2310 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2311 Dependent = true;
2312
2313 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002314 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002315 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2316
2317 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2318 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2319 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2320 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2321
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002322 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002323 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2324 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2325 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002326 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2327 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002328 }
2329
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002330 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002331 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002332 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2333 bool ADL = true;
2334 while (true) {
2335 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2336 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2337 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002338 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002339 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002340 ADL = false;
2341 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2342 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002343 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002344 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2345 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002346 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2347 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2348 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2349 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002350 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002351 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2352 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2353 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002354 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002355 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2356 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2357 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002358 break;
2359 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002360 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002361
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002362 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2363 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002364 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002365 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2366 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002367
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002368 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002369 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002370 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002371 ADL = false;
2372
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002373 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2374 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2375 ADL = false;
2376
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002377 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002378 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2379 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002380 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2381 if (!FDecl)
2382 return ExprError();
2383
2384 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2385 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002386 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002387 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002388 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2389 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2390 false, false,
2391 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2392 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002393 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002394 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002395 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2396 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2397 Fn = NewFn;
2398 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002399 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002400
2401 // Promote the function operand.
2402 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2403
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002404 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2405 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002406 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2407 Args, NumArgs,
2408 Context.BoolTy,
2409 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002410
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002411 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2412 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2413 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2414 // have type pointer to function".
2415 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2416 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002417 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2418 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002419 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2420 } else { // This is a block call.
2421 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2422 getAsFunctionType();
2423 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002424 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002425 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2426 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2427
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002428 // Check for a valid return type
2429 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2430 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2431 FuncT->getResultType(),
2432 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2433 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2434 return ExprError();
2435
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002436 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002437 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002438
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002439 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002440 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002441 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002442 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002443 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002444 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002445
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002446 if (FDecl) {
2447 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2448 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2449 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregore3241e92009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002450 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002451 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2452 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2453 }
2454
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002455 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002456 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2457 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2458 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002459 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2460 Arg->getType(),
2461 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2462 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2463 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002464 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002465 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002466 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002467
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002468 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2469 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002470 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2471 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002472
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002473 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002474 if (FDecl)
2475 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002476
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002477 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002478}
2479
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002480Action::OwningExprResult
2481Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2482 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002483 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002484 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2485 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002486 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002487 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002488
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002489 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002490 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002491 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2492 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002493 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002494 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2495 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002496 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002497
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002498 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002499 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002500 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002501
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002502 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002503 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002504 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002505 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002506 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002507 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002508 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002509 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002510}
2511
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002512Action::OwningExprResult
2513Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002514 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2515 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2516 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002517
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002518 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002519 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002520
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002521 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002522 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002523 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002524 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002525}
2526
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002527/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002528bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002529 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2530
2531 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2532 // type needs to be scalar.
2533 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2534 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002535 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2536 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002537 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002538 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2539 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2540 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2541 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002542 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002543 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2544 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2545 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2546 // GCC cast to union extension
2547 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2548 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002549 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002550 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2551 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2552 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2553 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2554 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2555 break;
2556 }
2557 }
2558 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2559 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2560 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2561 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002562 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002563 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002564 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002565 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002566 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002567 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002568 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2569 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002570 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002571 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2572 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2573 return true;
2574 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2575 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2576 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002577 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002578 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002579 }
2580 return false;
2581}
2582
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002583bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002584 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002585
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002586 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002587 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002588 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002589 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002590 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002591 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002592 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002593 } else
2594 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002595 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002596 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002597
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002598 return false;
2599}
2600
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002601Action::OwningExprResult
2602Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2603 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2604 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2605 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002606
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002607 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002608 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2609
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002610 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002611 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002612 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002613 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002614}
2615
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002616/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2617/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002618/// C99 6.5.15
2619QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2620 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002621 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2622 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2623 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2624
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002625 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2626 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2627 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2628 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2629 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2630 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002631
2632 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002633 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2634 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2635 << CondTy;
2636 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002637 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002638
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002639 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002640
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002641 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2642 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002643 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2644 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2645 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002646 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002647
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002648 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2649 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002650 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2651 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002652 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002653 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002654 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002655 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002656 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002657 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002658
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002659 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002660 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002661 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2662 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2663 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2664 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2665 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2666 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2667 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2668 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2669 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002670 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002671 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002672 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2673 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002674 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2675 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2676 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2677 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2678 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002679 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002680 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2681 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2682 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2683 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2684 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002685 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002686
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002687 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2688 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002689 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2690 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002691 // get the "pointed to" types
2692 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2693 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002694
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002695 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2696 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002697 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002698 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2699 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002700 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002701 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2702 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002703 return destType;
2704 }
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002705 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002706 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002707 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002708 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2709 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002710 return destType;
2711 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002712
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002713 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattner676c86a2009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002714 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002715 return LHSTy;
2716 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002717
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002718 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002719
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002720 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2721 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002722 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002723 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002724 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2725 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2726 // type. This allows
2727 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2728 // where B is a subclass of A.
2729 //
2730 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2731 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2732 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2733 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2734
Steve Naroff9fc9cb52009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002735 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002736 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002737 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2738 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2739 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2740 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002741 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002742 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor5183f9e2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002743 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002744 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002745 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2746 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002747 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2748 } else {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002749 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002750 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002751 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002752 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002753 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2754 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002755 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002756 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002757 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002758 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002759 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2760 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002761 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2762 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2763 // to get a consistent AST.
2764 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002765 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2766 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002767 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002768 }
2769 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002770 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2771 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2772 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2773 // type.
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002774 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002775 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002776 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2777 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002778 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002779 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002780 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002781
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00002782 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
2783 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2784 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2785 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2786 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2787 return RHSTy;
2788 }
2789 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2790 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2791 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2792 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2793 return LHSTy;
2794 }
2795
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002796 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2797 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2798 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2799 return LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002800
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002801 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2802 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002803 // id with statically typed objects).
2804 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002805 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2806 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2807 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002808 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002809 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002810 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2811 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2812 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002813 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2814 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2815 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2816 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2817 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2818 // cases. Investigate.
2819 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002820 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2821 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002822 return compositeType;
2823 }
2824 }
2825
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002826 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002827 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2828 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002829 return QualType();
2830}
2831
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002832/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002833/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002834Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2835 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2836 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2837 ExprArg RHS) {
2838 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2839 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002840
2841 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2842 // was the condition.
2843 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2844 if (isLHSNull)
2845 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002846
2847 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002848 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2849 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002850 return ExprError();
2851
2852 Cond.release();
2853 LHS.release();
2854 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002855 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002856 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2857 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002858}
2859
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002860
2861// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002862// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002863// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2864// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2865// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002866Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002867Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2868 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002869
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002870 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002871 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2872 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002873
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002874 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002875 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2876 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002877
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002878 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002879
2880 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2881 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2882 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002883 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002884 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002885 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002886
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002887 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2888 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002889 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002890 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002891 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002892 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002893
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002894 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002895 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2896 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002897 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002898
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002899 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002900 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002901 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002902
2903 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002904 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2905 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002906 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002907 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002908 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00002909 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2910 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2911 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
2912 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
2913 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
2914 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
2915 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
2916 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2917 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2918 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
2919 }
2920 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
2921 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2922 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2923 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
2924 }
2925 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
2926 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
2927 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
2928 // warning can be disabled.
2929 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
2930 return ConvTy;
2931 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
2932 }
2933 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
2934 return IncompatiblePointer;
2935 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002936 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002937}
2938
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002939/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2940/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2941/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2942// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002943Sema::AssignConvertType
2944Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002945 QualType rhsType) {
2946 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002947
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002948 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2949 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002950 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2951
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002952 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2953 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2954 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002955
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002956 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002957
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002958 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2959 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2960 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002961
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002962 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002963 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002964 return ConvTy;
2965}
2966
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002967/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2968/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002969/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2970///
2971/// int a, *pint;
2972/// short *pshort;
2973/// struct foo *pfoo;
2974///
2975/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2976/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2977/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2978/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2979///
2980/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002981/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002982///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002983Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002984Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002985 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2986 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002987 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2988 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002989
2990 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002991 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002992
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002993 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2994 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2995 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2996 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2997 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2998 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2999 // type.
3000 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3001 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003002 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003003 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003004 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003005
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003006 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3007 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003008 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003009 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3010 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3011 return IntToPointer;
3012 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3013 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003014 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003015 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003016
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003017 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003018 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003019 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3020 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003021 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003022
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003023 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003024 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003025 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003026 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3027 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003028 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003029 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003030 }
3031 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003032 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003033
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003034 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003035 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003036
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003037 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003038 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003039 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003040
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003041 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003042 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003043
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003044 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003045 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003046 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003047
3048 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3049 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3050 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3051 return Compatible;
3052 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003053 return Incompatible;
3054 }
3055
3056 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3057 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003058 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003059
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003060 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3061 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3062 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3063 return Compatible;
3064
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003065 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3066 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003067
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003068 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3069 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003070 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003071 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003072 return Incompatible;
3073 }
3074
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003075 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003076 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003077 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3078 return Compatible;
3079
3080 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003081 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003082
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003083 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003084 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003085
3086 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003087 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003088 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003089 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003090 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003091
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003092 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003093 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003094 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003095 }
3096 return Incompatible;
3097}
3098
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003099Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003100Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003101 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3102 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3103 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3104 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3105 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003106 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3107 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003108 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003109 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003110 }
3111
3112 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3113 // structures.
3114 }
3115
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003116 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3117 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003118 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3119 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003120 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003121 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003122 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003123 return Compatible;
3124 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003125
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003126 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003127 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003128 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003129 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003130 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003131 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003132 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3133 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003134
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003135 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3136 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003137
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003138 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3139 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003140 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3141 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3142 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3143 // does not have reference type.
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003144 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003145 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003146 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003147}
3148
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003149Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003150Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3151 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3152}
3153
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003154QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003155 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003156 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003157 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003158 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003159}
3160
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003161inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003162 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003163 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003164 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003165 QualType lhsType =
3166 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3167 QualType rhsType =
3168 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003169
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003170 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003171 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003172 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003173
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003174 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3175 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003176 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3177 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3178 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003179 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3180 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003181 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003182 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003183 }
3184 }
3185 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003186
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003187 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3188 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003189 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003190 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003191
3192 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003193 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3194 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003195 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003196 return lhsType;
3197 }
3198 }
3199
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003200 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003201 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003202 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003203 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3204
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003205 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003206 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3207 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003208 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003209 return rhsType;
3210 }
3211 }
3212
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003213 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003214 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003215 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003216 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003217 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003218}
3219
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003220inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003221 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003222{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003223 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003224 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003225
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003226 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003227
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003228 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003229 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003230 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003231}
3232
3233inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003234 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003235{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003236 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3237 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3238 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3239 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3240 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003241
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003242 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003243
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003244 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003245 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003246 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003247}
3248
3249inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003250 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003251{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003252 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3253 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3254 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3255 return compType;
3256 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003257
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003258 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003259
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003260 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003261 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3262 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3263 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003264 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003265 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003266
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003267 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3268 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3269 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3270 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3271
3272 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
3273 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3274 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003275 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3276 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3277 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003278 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003279 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003280 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003281
3282 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3283 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3284 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3285 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
3286 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3287 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3288 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3289 return QualType();
3290 }
3291
3292 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3293 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3294 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3295 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
3296 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
3297 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3298 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3299 lex->getType()))
3300 return QualType();
3301
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003302 if (CompLHSTy) {
3303 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3304 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3305 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3306 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3307 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003308 return PExp->getType();
3309 }
3310 }
3311
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003312 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003313}
3314
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003315// C99 6.5.6
3316QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003317 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3318 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3319 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3320 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3321 return compType;
3322 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003323
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003324 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003325
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003326 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003327
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003328 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003329 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3330 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003331 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003332 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003333
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003334 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3335 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003336 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003337
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003338 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003339
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003340 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3341 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3342 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3343 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3344 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3345 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3346 return QualType();
3347 }
3348
3349 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3350 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3351 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3352 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3353 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003354 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003355 return QualType();
3356 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003357
3358 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3359 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3360 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3361 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3362 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3363 lex->getSourceRange(),
3364 SourceRange(),
3365 lex->getType()))
3366 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003367
3368 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003369 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3370 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3371 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3372 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3373 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3374 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3375 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3376 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3377
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003378 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003379 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003380 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003381
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003382 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3383 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003384 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003385
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003386 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3387 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3388 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3389 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3390 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3391 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3392 return QualType();
3393 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003394
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003395 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3396 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3397 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3398 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003399 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003400 return QualType();
3401 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003402
3403 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3404 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3405 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3406 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3407 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3408 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3409 rex->getSourceRange(),
3410 SourceRange(),
3411 rex->getType()))
3412 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003413
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003414 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003415 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003416 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003417 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003418 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003419 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003420 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003421 return QualType();
3422 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003423
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003424 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3425 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3426 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3427 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3428 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3429 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3430 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003431
3432 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003433 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3434 }
3435 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003436
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003437 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003438}
3439
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003440// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003441QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003442 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003443 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3444 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003445 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003446
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003447 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3448 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003449 QualType LHSTy;
3450 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3451 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3452 else
3453 LHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003454 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003455 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3456
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003457 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003458
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003459 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003460 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003461}
3462
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003463// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003464QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003465 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3466 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3467
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003468 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003469 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003470
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003471 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003472 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3473 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3474 else {
3475 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3476 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3477 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003478 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3479 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003480
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003481 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003482 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3483 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3484 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003485 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3486 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003487 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3488 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3489 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3490 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003491 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3492 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003493 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003494
3495 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3496 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3497 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3498 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3499
3500 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3501 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003502 Expr *literalString = 0;
3503 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003504 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003505 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3506 literalString = lex;
3507 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3508 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003509 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3510 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003511 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3512 literalString = rex;
3513 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3514 }
3515
3516 if (literalString) {
3517 std::string resultComparison;
3518 switch (Opc) {
3519 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3520 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3521 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3522 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3523 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3524 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3525 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3526 }
3527 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3528 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3529 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003530 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3531 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3532 "strcmp(")
3533 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3534 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003535 resultComparison);
3536 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003537 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003538
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003539 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003540 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003541
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003542 if (isRelational) {
3543 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003544 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003545 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003546 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003547 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003548 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003549 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003550 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003551
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003552 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003553 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003554 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003555
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003556 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3557 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003558
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003559 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3560 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3561 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003562 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003563 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003564 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003565 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003566 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003567
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003568 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003569 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3570 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003571 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003572 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003573 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003574 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003575 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003576 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003577 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003578 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003579 // Handle block pointer types.
3580 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3581 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3582 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003583
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003584 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3585 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003586 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003587 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003588 }
3589 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003590 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003591 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003592 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3593 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3594 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3595 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003596 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003597 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003598 }
3599 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003600 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003601 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003602
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003603 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003604 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003605 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3606 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003607 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003608 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003609 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003610 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003611
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003612 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3613 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003614 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003615 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003616 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003617 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003618 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003619 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003620 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003621 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003622 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3623 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003624 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003625 } else {
3626 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003627 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003628 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003629 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003630 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003631 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003632 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003633 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003634 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003635 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003636 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003637 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003638 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003639 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003640 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003641 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003642 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003643 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003644 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003645 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003646 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003647 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003648 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003649 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003650 // Handle block pointers.
3651 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3652 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003653 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003654 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003655 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003656 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003657 }
3658 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3659 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003660 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003661 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003662 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003663 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003664 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003665 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003666}
3667
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003668/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003669/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003670/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3671/// types.
3672QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003673 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003674 bool isRelational) {
3675 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3676 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003677 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003678 if (vType.isNull())
3679 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003680
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003681 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3682 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003683
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003684 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3685 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3686 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3687 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3688 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3689 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3690 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003691 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003692 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003693
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003694 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3695 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3696 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003697 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003698 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003699
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003700 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3701 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3702 if (1) {
3703 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3704 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3705 return QualType();
3706 }
3707
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003708 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3709 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3710 // elements for floating point vectors.
3711 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3712 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003713
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003714 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003715 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003716 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003717 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003718 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003719 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3720
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003721 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003722 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003723 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3724}
3725
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003726inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003727 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003728{
3729 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003730 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003731
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003732 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003733
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003734 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003735 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003736 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003737}
3738
3739inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003740 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003741{
3742 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3743 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003744
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003745 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003746 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003747 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003748}
3749
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003750/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3751/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3752/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3753///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003754static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003755{
3756 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3757 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3758 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3759 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3760 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003761 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003762 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3763 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3764 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3765 return true;
3766 }
3767 }
3768 return false;
3769}
3770
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003771/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3772/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3773static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003774 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
3775 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
3776 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003777 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3778 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003779 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3780 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003781
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003782 unsigned Diag = 0;
3783 bool NeedType = false;
3784 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3785 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3786 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003787 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003788 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3789 NeedType = true;
3790 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003791 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003792 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3793 NeedType = true;
3794 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003795 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003796 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3797 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003798 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003799 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3800 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003801 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3802 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00003803 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003804 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3805 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003806 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003807 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3808 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003809 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003810 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3811 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003812 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3813 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3814 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003815 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3816 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3817 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003818 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003819
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003820 SourceRange Assign;
3821 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
3822 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003823 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003824 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003825 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003826 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003827 return true;
3828}
3829
3830
3831
3832// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003833QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3834 SourceLocation Loc,
3835 QualType CompoundType) {
3836 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3837 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003838 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003839
3840 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3841 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003842
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003843 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003844 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003845 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003846 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003847 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3848 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3849 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3850 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3851 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3852 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3853 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003854
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003855 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3856 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3857 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003858 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003859 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3860 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3861 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3862 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3863 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003864 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003865 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003866 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
3867 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
3868 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00003869 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
3870 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003871 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3872 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3873 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003874 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003875 }
3876 } else {
3877 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003878 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003879 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003880
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003881 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3882 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003883 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003884
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003885 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3886 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003887 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003888 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3889 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003890 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3891 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003892 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003893}
3894
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003895// C99 6.5.17
3896QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003897 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003898 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003899
3900 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
3901 // incomplete in C++).
3902
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003903 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003904}
3905
3906/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3907/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003908QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3909 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003910 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3911 return Context.DependentTy;
3912
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003913 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3914 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003915
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003916 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3917 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3918 if (!isInc) {
3919 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3920 return QualType();
3921 }
3922 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3923 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3924 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003925 // OK!
3926 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3927 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003928 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003929 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3930 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3931 << Op->getSourceRange();
3932 return QualType();
3933 }
3934
3935 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003936 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003937 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003938 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3939 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3940 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3941 return QualType();
3942 }
3943
3944 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003945 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003946 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3947 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3948 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3949 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003950 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003951 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3952 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3953 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003954 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003955 } else {
3956 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003957 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003958 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003959 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003960 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003961 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003962 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003963 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003964 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003965}
3966
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003967/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003968/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003969/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3970/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3971/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3972/// - &(x) => x
3973/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3974/// - &s.xx => s
3975/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3976/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3977/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3978/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003979static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003980 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003981 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003982 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003983 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003984 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003985 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
3986 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
3987 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003988 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003989 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003990 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003991 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003992 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003993 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the
3994 // implicit promotion of register arrays earlier.
3995 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
3996 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
3997 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
3998 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
3999 }
4000 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004001 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004002 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4003 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004004
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004005 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004006 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4007 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4008 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4009 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4010 default:
4011 return 0;
4012 }
4013 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004014 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004015 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004016 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004017 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4018 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004019 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004020 default:
4021 return 0;
4022 }
4023}
4024
4025/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004026/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004027/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004028/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004029/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004030/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004031/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004032QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004033 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4034 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4035
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004036 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4037 return Context.DependentTy;
4038
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004039 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4040 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4041 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4042 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4043 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4044 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4045 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4046 }
4047 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4048 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4049 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004050 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004051 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004052
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004053 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004054 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
4055 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004056 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004057 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4058 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004059 return QualType();
4060 }
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004061 } else if (op->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
4062 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4063 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4064 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004065 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004066 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4067 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004068 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004069 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004070 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004071 return QualType();
4072 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004073 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004074 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4075 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4076 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004077 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4078 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004079 return QualType();
4080 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004081 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004082 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004083 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4084 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004085 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4086 // scope qualifier for the class.
4087 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4088 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4089 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4090 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4091 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4092 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004093 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4094 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004095 // As above.
4096 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4097 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4098 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4099 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4100 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4101 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004102 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004103 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004104 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004105 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004106
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004107 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4108 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4109}
4110
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004111QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004112 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4113 return Context.DependentTy;
4114
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004115 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4116 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004117
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004118 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4119 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4120 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4121 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4122 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004123 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004124
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004125 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004126 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004127 return QualType();
4128}
4129
4130static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4131 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4132 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4133 switch (Kind) {
4134 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004135 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4136 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004137 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4138 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4139 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4140 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4141 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4142 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4143 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4144 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4145 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4146 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4147 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4148 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4149 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4150 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4151 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4152 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4153 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4154 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4155 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4156 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4157 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4158 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4159 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4160 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4161 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4162 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4163 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4164 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4165 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4166 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4167 }
4168 return Opc;
4169}
4170
4171static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4172 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4173 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4174 switch (Kind) {
4175 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4176 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4177 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4178 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4179 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4180 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4181 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4182 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4183 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004184 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4185 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4186 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4187 }
4188 return Opc;
4189}
4190
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004191/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4192/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4193/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004194Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4195 unsigned Op,
4196 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004197 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004198 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004199 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4200 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4201 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004202
4203 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004204 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4205 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4206 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004207 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4208 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4209 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4210 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4211 break;
4212 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004213 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4214 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4215 break;
4216 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4217 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4218 break;
4219 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4220 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4221 break;
4222 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4223 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4224 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004225 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004226 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4227 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4228 break;
4229 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4230 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4231 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4232 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004233 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004234 break;
4235 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4236 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004237 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004238 break;
4239 case BinaryOperator::And:
4240 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4241 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4242 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4243 break;
4244 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4245 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4246 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4247 break;
4248 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4249 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004250 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4251 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4252 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4253 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004254 break;
4255 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004256 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4257 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4258 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4259 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004260 break;
4261 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004262 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4263 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4264 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004265 break;
4266 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004267 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4268 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4269 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004270 break;
4271 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4272 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004273 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4274 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4275 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4276 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004277 break;
4278 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4279 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4280 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004281 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4282 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4283 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4284 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004285 break;
4286 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4287 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4288 break;
4289 }
4290 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004291 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004292 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004293 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4294 else
4295 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004296 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4297 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004298}
4299
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004300// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004301Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4302 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4303 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004304 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004305 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004306
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004307 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4308 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004309
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004310 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4311 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4312 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4313 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4314 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4315 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4316 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004317 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004318 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4319 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4320 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4321 Functions);
4322 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4323 DeclarationName OpName
4324 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4325 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004326 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004327
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004328 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4329 // binary operation.
4330 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004331 }
4332
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004333 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4334 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004335}
4336
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004337Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4338 unsigned OpcIn,
4339 ExprArg InputArg) {
4340 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004341
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004342 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4343 // appropriately.
4344 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004345 QualType resultType;
4346 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004347 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4348 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4349 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4350 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4351 break;
4352
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004353 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4354 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004355 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4356 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004357 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004358 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004359 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4360 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004361 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004362 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004363 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4364 break;
4365 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4366 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4367 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4368 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004369 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4370 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004371 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4372 break;
4373 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4374 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4375 break;
4376 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4377 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4378 resultType->isPointerType())
4379 break;
4380
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004381 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4382 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004383 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4384 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4385 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004386 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4387 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004388 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4389 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4390 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004391 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004392 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004393 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004394 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4395 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004396 break;
4397 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4398 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4399 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4400 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004401 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4402 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004403 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004404 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4405 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004406 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004407 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4408 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004409 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004410 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004411 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004412 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004413 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004414 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004415 resultType = Input->getType();
4416 break;
4417 }
4418 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004419 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004420
4421 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004422 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004423}
4424
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004425// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4426Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4427 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4428 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4429 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4430
4431 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4432 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4433 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4434 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4435 // the arguments.
4436 FunctionSet Functions;
4437 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4438 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4439 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4440 Functions);
4441 DeclarationName OpName
4442 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4443 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4444 }
4445
4446 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4447 }
4448
4449 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4450}
4451
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004452/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004453Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4454 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4455 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004456 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004457 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004458
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004459 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4460 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004461 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004462 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004463
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004464 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004465 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4466 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004467}
4468
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004469Sema::OwningExprResult
4470Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4471 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4472 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004473 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4474 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4475
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004476 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4477 if (isFileScope) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004478 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004479 }
4480
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004481 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4482 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4483 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004484
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004485 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4486 // should not warn about it being unused.
4487
4488 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4489 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4490 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004491
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004492 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4493 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4494 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4495 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4496 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004497
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004498 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004499 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004500 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004501
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004502 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4503 // expressions are not lvalues.
4504
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004505 substmt.release();
4506 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004507}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004508
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004509Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4510 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4511 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4512 TypeTy *argty,
4513 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4514 unsigned NumComponents,
4515 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4516 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4517 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004518 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4519 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004520
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004521 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4522
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004523 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4524 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4525 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004526 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004527 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004528
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004529 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4530 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004531
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004532 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4533 // the offsetof designators.
4534 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4535 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004536 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004537 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004538
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004539 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4540 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004541 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4542 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004543 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004544 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4545 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004546
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004547 if (!Dependent) {
4548 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4549 // leaks like a sieve.
4550 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4551 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4552 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4553 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4554 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4555 if (!AT) {
4556 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004557 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4558 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004559 }
4560
4561 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4562
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004563 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4564 // expression.
4565 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4566
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004567 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4568 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004569 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004570 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004571 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
4572 diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4573 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004574
4575 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4576 OC.LocEnd);
4577 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004578 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004579
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004580 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4581 if (!RC) {
4582 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004583 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4584 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004585 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004586
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004587 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4588 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4589 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4590 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4591 LookupMemberName)
4592 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004593 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004594 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004595 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4596 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004597
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004598 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4599 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
4600 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4601 // matter here.
4602 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004603 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004604 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004605 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004606
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004607 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4608 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004609}
4610
4611
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004612Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4613 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4614 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004615 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4616 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004617
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004618 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004619
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004620 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4621 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004622}
4623
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004624Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4625 ExprArg cond,
4626 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4627 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4628 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4629 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4630 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004631
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004632 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4633
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004634 QualType resType;
4635 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4636 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4637 } else {
4638 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4639 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4640 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4641 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004642 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4643 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4644 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004645
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004646 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4647 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4648 }
4649
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004650 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4651 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4652 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004653}
4654
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004655//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4656// Clang Extensions.
4657//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4658
4659/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004660void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004661 // Analyze block parameters.
4662 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004663
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004664 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4665 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4666 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004667
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004668 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4669 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004670 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004671 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4672 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004673
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004674 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004675 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004676}
4677
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004678void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4679 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4680
4681 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4682 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4683 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4684
4685 // The type is entirely optional as well, if none, use DependentTy.
4686 if (T.isNull())
4687 T = Context.DependentTy;
4688
4689 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4690 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4691 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4692
4693 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4694 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004695
4696 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4697
4698 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4699 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4700 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4701 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4702 return;
4703 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004704
4705 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004706 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004707 return;
4708 }
4709
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004710 // Analyze arguments to block.
4711 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4712 "Not a function declarator!");
4713 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004714
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004715 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4716 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004717
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004718 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4719 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4720 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4721 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004722 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
4723 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004724 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004725 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004726 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4727 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004728 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004729 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004730 }
Steve Naroff494cb0f2009-03-13 16:56:44 +00004731 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004732 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004733
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004734 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4735 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4736 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4737 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4738 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004739
4740 // Analyze the return type.
4741 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4742 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4743
4744 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4745 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4746 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4747 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4748 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4749 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004750}
4751
4752/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4753/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4754void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4755 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4756 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004757
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004758 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4759
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004760 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00004761 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004762 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004763 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004764}
4765
4766/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4767/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004768Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4769 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00004770 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
4771 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
4772 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
4773
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004774 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4775 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004776
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004777 PopDeclContext();
4778
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004779 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4780 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004781
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004782 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4783 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4784 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004785
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004786 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4787 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4788 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004789
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004790 QualType BlockTy;
4791 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004792 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004793 else
4794 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004795 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004796
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004797 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
4798
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004799 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004800
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004801 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
4802 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
4803 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
4804 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4805
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004806 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.release()));
4807 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
4808 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004809}
4810
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004811Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4812 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
4813 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004814 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004815 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
4816 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
4817
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004818 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004819
4820 // Get the va_list type
4821 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4822 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4823 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4824 // a pointer for va_arg.
4825 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4826 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004827 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4828 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004829
Chris Lattnercb9469d2009-04-06 17:07:34 +00004830 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004831 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
4832 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004833 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00004834 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004835
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004836 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004837 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004838
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004839 expr.release();
4840 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
4841 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004842}
4843
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004844Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004845 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4846 // pointers on the target.
4847 QualType Ty;
4848 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4849 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4850 else
4851 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4852
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004853 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004854}
4855
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004856bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4857 SourceLocation Loc,
4858 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4859 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4860 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4861 bool isInvalid = false;
4862 unsigned DiagKind;
4863 switch (ConvTy) {
4864 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4865 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004866 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004867 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4868 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004869 case IntToPointer:
4870 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4871 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004872 case IncompatiblePointer:
4873 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4874 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004875 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
4876 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
4877 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004878 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4879 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4880 break;
4881 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004882 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4883 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4884 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4885 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4886 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4887 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4888 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4889 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4890 // C++ semantics.
4891 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4892 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4893 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004894 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4895 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004896 case IntToBlockPointer:
4897 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4898 break;
4899 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00004900 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004901 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004902 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004903 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004904 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4905 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4906 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004907 case IncompatibleVectors:
4908 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4909 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004910 case Incompatible:
4911 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4912 isInvalid = true;
4913 break;
4914 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004915
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004916 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4917 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004918 return isInvalid;
4919}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004920
4921bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4922{
4923 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4924
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004925 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004926 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4927 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4928
4929 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4930 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4931 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4932 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4933 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4934 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4935 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004936
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004937 return true;
4938 }
4939
4940 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004941 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004942 E->getSourceRange();
4943
4944 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4945 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4946 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4947 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004948
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004949 if (Result)
4950 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4951 return false;
4952}